1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result
*,
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
114 struct linespec_sals
*,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
116 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
134 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
137 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
138 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
142 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
143 struct symtab_and_line
,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
154 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
159 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
160 struct obj_section
*, int);
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
164 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
229 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
242 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
264 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
266 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
268 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
270 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
273 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
276 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
278 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
280 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
282 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
285 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
286 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
295 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
296 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
298 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
300 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
309 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
310 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
311 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
312 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
313 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
315 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
316 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
317 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
318 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
324 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
326 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
327 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
328 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
329 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
331 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
333 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
335 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
336 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
337 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
338 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
339 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
341 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
343 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
345 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
347 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
348 breakpoints share a single command list. */
349 struct counted_command_line
351 /* The reference count. */
354 /* The command list. */
355 struct command_line
*commands
;
358 struct command_line
*
359 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
361 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
364 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
365 current breakpoint. */
367 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
370 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
372 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
373 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
375 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
377 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
380 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
381 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
382 if such is available. */
383 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
387 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
390 fprintf_filtered (file
,
391 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
392 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
396 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
398 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
400 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
402 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
403 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
406 fprintf_filtered (file
,
407 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
408 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
412 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
413 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
414 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
415 use hardware breakpoints. */
416 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
427 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
428 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
429 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
430 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
431 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
433 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
436 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
437 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
439 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
440 fprintf_filtered (file
,
441 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
442 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
444 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
446 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
453 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
454 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
457 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
459 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
460 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
461 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
462 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
463 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
464 condition_evaluation_auto
,
465 condition_evaluation_host
,
466 condition_evaluation_target
,
470 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
473 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
474 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
475 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
477 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
478 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
479 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
483 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
485 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
487 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
488 return condition_evaluation_target
;
490 return condition_evaluation_host
;
496 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
501 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
504 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
508 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
510 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
512 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
515 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
517 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
518 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
520 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
521 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
523 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
524 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
526 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
528 current breakpoint. */
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
533 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
534 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
538 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
539 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
541 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
542 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
543 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
547 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
548 to where the loop should start from.
549 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
550 appropriate location to start with. */
552 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
553 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
554 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
556 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
557 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
562 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
563 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
564 if (is_tracepoint (B))
566 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
568 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
570 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
572 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
574 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
576 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
578 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
579 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
580 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
581 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
582 an address you need to read. */
584 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
586 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
587 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
588 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
589 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
590 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
592 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
594 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
595 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
597 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
599 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
601 static int breakpoint_count
;
603 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
604 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
605 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
606 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
607 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
609 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
611 static int tracepoint_count
;
613 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
614 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
615 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
617 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
619 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
621 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
624 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
629 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
630 breakpoint_count
= num
;
631 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
634 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
635 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
636 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
638 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
642 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
644 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
651 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
653 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
656 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
661 struct breakpoint
*b
;
667 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
668 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
670 static struct counted_command_line
*
671 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
673 struct counted_command_line
*result
674 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
677 result
->commands
= commands
;
681 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
690 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
691 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
692 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
699 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
701 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
708 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
713 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
716 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 static struct cleanup
*
720 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
722 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
726 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
727 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730 get_breakpoint (int num
)
732 struct breakpoint
*b
;
735 if (b
->number
== num
)
743 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
744 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
749 struct bp_location
*loc
;
751 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
752 evaluating conditions and if the user has
753 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
755 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
756 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
762 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
763 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
766 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
767 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
772 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
773 evaluating conditions and if the user has
774 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
776 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
777 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
781 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
784 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
787 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
788 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
792 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
794 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
796 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
797 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
799 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
800 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
801 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
805 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
806 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
808 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
809 settings was "auto". */
810 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
812 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
813 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
815 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
816 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
817 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
819 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
820 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
825 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
827 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
828 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
832 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
833 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
834 target knows about. */
835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
836 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
837 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
841 update_global_location_list (1);
847 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
848 what "auto" is translating to. */
851 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
852 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
854 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
855 fprintf_filtered (file
,
856 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
857 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
859 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
861 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
865 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
866 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
867 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
872 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
873 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
875 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
878 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
881 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
882 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
883 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 static struct bp_location
**
887 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
889 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
890 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
891 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
893 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
894 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
895 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
897 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
898 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
899 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
900 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
902 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
903 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
906 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
907 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
908 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
909 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
916 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
919 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
920 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
922 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
924 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
931 struct bp_location
*loc
;
933 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
938 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
939 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
940 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
947 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
953 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
954 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
955 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
956 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
958 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
960 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
962 innermost_block
= NULL
;
964 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
966 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
967 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
971 struct bp_location
*loc
;
973 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
977 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
978 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
980 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
984 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
986 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
990 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
992 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
993 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
997 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
998 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1002 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1003 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1007 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1008 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1010 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1013 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1014 len
= strlen (text
);
1018 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1019 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1022 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1027 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1029 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1032 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1033 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1042 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1043 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1044 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1047 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1050 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1052 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1057 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1060 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1062 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1065 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1067 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1068 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1069 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1070 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1072 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1073 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1074 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1075 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1077 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1078 update_global_location_list (1);
1083 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1086 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1087 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1088 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1091 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1093 struct command_line
*c
;
1095 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1099 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1100 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1101 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1103 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1104 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1106 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1107 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1108 command directly. */
1109 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1110 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1112 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1113 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1117 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1120 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1122 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1123 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1124 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1128 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1130 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1133 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1134 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1138 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1139 struct command_line
*commands
)
1141 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1143 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1144 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1145 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1146 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1147 struct command_line
*c
;
1148 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1149 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1151 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1153 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1156 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "can be used only once"));
1169 struct command_line
*c2
;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1172 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1173 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1175 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1200 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1212 struct command_line
*commands
)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1217 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1218 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1229 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1232 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1242 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1245 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1255 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1258 if (old_task
!= task
)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1265 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1267 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273 struct commands_info
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line
*control
;
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1296 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1298 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1300 struct command_line
*l
;
1302 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1303 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1306 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1309 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1313 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1315 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1324 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1334 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1335 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1342 struct command_line
*control
)
1344 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1345 struct commands_info info
;
1347 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1348 info
.control
= control
;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1354 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1356 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1359 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1360 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1372 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1375 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1381 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1388 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1390 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1402 return simple_control
;
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1410 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1414 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1440 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1445 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1452 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1453 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1455 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1457 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1458 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1469 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1497 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1499 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1520 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1525 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1526 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1528 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1533 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1543 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1547 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1553 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1558 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1559 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1563 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1564 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1568 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1569 const unsigned char *bp
;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1571 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1575 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1579 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1595 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1605 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1617 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1632 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1644 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1646 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1649 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1652 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1654 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1712 int within_current_scope
;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1722 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1729 within_current_scope
= 1;
1732 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1750 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1751 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1752 if (within_current_scope
)
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1770 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1771 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b
->val
);
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1785 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1787 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1791 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1792 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1807 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1810 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1811 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1821 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1827 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1838 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1840 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1851 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1853 addr
= value_address (v
);
1855 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1857 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1860 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1861 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1864 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1867 loc
->address
= addr
;
1868 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1869 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1882 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1884 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1888 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1904 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1905 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1921 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1923 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1925 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1944 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1948 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1950 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1952 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1953 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1956 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1958 next
= value_next (v
);
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1969 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1970 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1971 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1972 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1973 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1974 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1977 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2000 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2003 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2006 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2026 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2030 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2033 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2036 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2037 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2041 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2046 static struct agent_expr
*
2047 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2049 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2050 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2051 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2056 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2057 that may show up. */
2058 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2060 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2065 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2066 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2067 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2071 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2075 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2076 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2077 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2078 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2079 one of them is true. */
2082 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2084 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2085 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2086 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2087 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2089 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2090 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2091 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2093 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2094 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2097 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2098 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2099 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2100 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2101 response back to GDB. */
2102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2105 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2109 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2111 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2112 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2113 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2114 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2115 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2116 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2118 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2119 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2125 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2126 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2127 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2129 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2135 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2136 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2137 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2139 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2140 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2141 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2148 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2150 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2153 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2154 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2159 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2160 for this location's address. */
2161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2165 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2166 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2167 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2169 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2170 conditions to the target. */
2171 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2172 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2178 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2179 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2180 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2182 static struct agent_expr
*
2183 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2185 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2186 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2187 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2188 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2189 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2191 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2192 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2194 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2201 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2203 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2205 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2206 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2208 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2210 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2212 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2214 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2216 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2217 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2219 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2221 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2222 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2224 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2226 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2228 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2230 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2231 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2234 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2239 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2240 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2242 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2246 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2247 that may show up. */
2248 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2250 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2251 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2252 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2257 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2258 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2259 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2263 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2265 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2269 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2270 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2271 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2274 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2276 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2277 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2278 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2279 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2281 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2282 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2283 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2286 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2289 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2290 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2291 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2292 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2293 response back to GDB. */
2294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2297 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2301 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2303 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2304 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2305 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2306 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2307 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2308 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2309 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2317 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2319 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2325 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2327 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2333 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2335 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2337 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2340 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2341 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2346 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2347 for this location's address. */
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2351 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2352 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2353 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2354 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2356 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2357 to send the commands to the target. */
2358 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2362 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2363 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2364 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2365 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2368 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2369 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2370 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2371 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2374 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2375 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2377 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2378 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2379 int *disabled_breaks
,
2380 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2381 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2384 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2385 struct gdb_exception e
;
2387 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2390 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2391 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2392 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2393 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2394 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2395 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2396 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2397 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2399 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2400 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2401 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2403 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2404 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2405 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2406 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2408 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2410 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2411 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2412 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2413 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2416 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2417 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2419 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2421 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2422 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2423 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2425 Two important cases are:
2426 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2427 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2428 hardware breakpoint.
2429 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2430 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2431 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2434 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2435 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2436 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2437 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2439 struct mem_region
*mr
2440 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2444 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2446 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2448 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2449 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2451 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2453 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2455 static int said
= 0;
2457 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2460 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2461 _("Note: automatically using "
2462 "hardware breakpoints for "
2463 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2468 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2469 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2470 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2471 "at readonly address %s"),
2472 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2476 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2477 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2478 || bl
->section
== NULL
2479 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2481 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2482 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2484 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2489 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2494 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2495 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2496 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2498 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2499 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2500 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2501 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2502 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2506 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2508 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2509 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2510 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2511 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2512 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2514 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2515 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2516 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2520 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2521 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2523 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2524 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2526 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2531 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2536 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2537 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2544 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2545 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2547 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2549 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2550 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2551 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2554 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2557 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2558 "library breakpoints:\n");
2560 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2561 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2562 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2566 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2568 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2569 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2571 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2572 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2573 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2578 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2579 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2582 "Error accessing memory address ");
2583 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2585 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2586 safe_strerror (val
));
2597 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2598 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2599 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2600 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2602 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2603 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2605 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2607 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2608 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2609 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2611 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2613 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2614 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2618 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2619 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2623 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2624 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2631 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2632 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2635 /* Back to the original value. */
2636 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2640 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2643 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2645 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2646 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2648 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2651 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2655 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2656 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2658 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2661 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2663 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2664 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2665 so just return success. */
2672 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2673 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2677 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2679 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2680 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2682 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2685 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2686 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2689 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2690 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2693 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2695 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2698 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2699 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2701 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2702 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2704 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2710 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2711 removed locations above. */
2712 update_global_location_list (0);
2715 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2716 Throws exception on any error.
2717 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2718 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2720 insert_breakpoints (void)
2722 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2725 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2727 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2729 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2732 update_global_location_list (1);
2734 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2735 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2737 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2738 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2741 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2744 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2746 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2750 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2754 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2755 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2756 always-inserted mode. */
2759 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2761 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2764 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2765 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2766 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2768 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2769 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2771 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2772 there was an error. */
2773 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2775 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2777 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2779 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2781 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2784 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2785 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2786 deletion of breakpoints. */
2787 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2790 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2792 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2793 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2794 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2795 insert breakpoints. */
2796 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2797 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2800 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2801 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2808 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2809 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2812 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2815 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2818 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2820 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2821 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2824 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2825 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2826 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2828 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2829 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2831 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2832 there was an error. */
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2835 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2839 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2842 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2843 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2844 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2845 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2846 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2849 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2851 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2852 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2853 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2854 insert breakpoints. */
2855 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2856 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2859 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2860 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2865 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2866 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2869 int some_failed
= 0;
2870 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2872 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2875 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2878 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2881 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2882 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2889 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2891 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2893 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2894 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2895 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2903 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2904 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2905 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2907 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2908 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2909 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2911 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2912 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2915 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2918 /* Used when the program stops.
2919 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2920 removing a breakpoint location. */
2923 remove_breakpoints (void)
2925 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2930 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2931 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2936 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2939 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2941 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2943 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2947 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2950 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2955 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2964 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2966 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2967 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2969 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2970 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2971 struct inferior
*inf
;
2972 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2974 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2978 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2979 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2981 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2983 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2984 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2988 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2994 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3002 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3006 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3008 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3009 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3010 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3011 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3012 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3013 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3015 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3018 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3021 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3022 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3026 static struct breakpoint
*
3027 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3028 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3029 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3031 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3034 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3037 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3038 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3040 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3041 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3042 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3047 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3049 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3051 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3053 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3054 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3056 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3059 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3060 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3062 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3063 int longjmp_searched
;
3065 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3066 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3071 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3072 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3074 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3075 int exception_searched
;
3077 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3078 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3081 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3083 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3084 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3086 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3089 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3091 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3094 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3095 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3097 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3098 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3100 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3102 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3103 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3105 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3106 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3108 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3109 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3111 return bp_objfile_data
;
3115 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3117 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3119 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3120 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3124 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3126 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3127 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3129 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3131 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3135 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3137 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3140 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3142 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3144 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3147 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3148 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3151 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3154 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3155 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3157 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3158 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3160 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3162 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3163 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3167 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3168 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3171 update_global_location_list (1);
3175 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3177 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3178 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3180 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3182 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3184 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3186 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3188 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3191 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3194 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3195 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3198 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3200 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3202 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3203 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3204 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3207 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3210 struct probe
*probe
;
3211 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3214 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3215 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3221 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3223 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3224 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3225 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3231 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3233 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3234 const char *func_name
;
3237 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3240 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3241 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3243 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3245 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3248 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3249 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3252 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3255 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3256 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3257 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3258 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3259 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3265 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3272 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3273 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3274 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3276 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3280 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3283 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3290 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3295 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3297 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3300 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3307 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3310 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3311 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3312 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3314 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3329 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3330 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3339 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3341 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3342 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3344 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3345 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3346 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3349 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3351 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3353 struct probe
*probe
;
3356 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3357 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3361 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3363 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3364 bp_exception_master
,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3366 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3367 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3373 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3375 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3378 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3380 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3382 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3384 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3385 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3387 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3391 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3394 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3395 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3397 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3398 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3399 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3400 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3403 update_global_location_list (1);
3407 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3409 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3410 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3412 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3413 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3414 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3415 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3416 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3417 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3418 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3419 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3421 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3422 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3426 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3429 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3430 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3432 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3436 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3439 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3443 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3444 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3445 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3446 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3447 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3449 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3453 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3454 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3456 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3460 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3462 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3463 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3464 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3466 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3470 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3472 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3473 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3474 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3475 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3479 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3480 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3481 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3482 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3483 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3484 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3486 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3487 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3488 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3489 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3490 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3491 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3492 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3494 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3495 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3496 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3497 let finish_command delete it.
3499 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3500 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3501 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3502 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3503 solib breakpoints.) */
3505 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3510 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3511 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3513 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3519 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3520 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3521 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3523 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3527 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3529 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3531 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3532 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3534 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3535 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3537 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3538 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3541 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3545 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3548 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3549 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3551 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3555 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3556 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3557 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3558 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3559 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3562 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3566 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3567 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3569 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3570 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3573 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3574 This should not ever happen. */
3575 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3577 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3578 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3580 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3581 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3582 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3584 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3585 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3586 || bl
->section
== NULL
3587 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3589 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3590 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3594 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3595 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3596 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3598 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3599 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3601 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3602 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3603 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3604 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3605 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3607 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3608 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3610 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3611 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3614 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3615 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3616 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3617 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3619 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3620 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3621 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3623 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3624 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3630 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3635 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3636 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3637 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3638 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3643 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3645 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3647 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3648 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3650 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3651 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3653 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3654 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3655 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3658 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3659 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3662 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3663 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3665 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3669 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3676 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3679 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3684 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3685 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3688 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3689 This should not ever happen. */
3690 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3692 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3694 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3696 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3698 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3702 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3705 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3707 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3710 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3714 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3715 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3717 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3720 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3721 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3722 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3727 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3730 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3732 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3734 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3736 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3742 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3743 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3749 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3755 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3757 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3758 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3761 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3763 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3765 case bp_shlib_event
:
3767 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3768 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3769 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3770 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3771 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3773 (gdb) file prog-linux
3774 (gdb) run # native linux target
3777 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3778 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3781 case bp_step_resume
:
3783 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3785 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3791 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3793 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3795 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3796 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3797 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3798 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3800 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3801 insert_breakpoints. */
3803 value_free (w
->val
);
3814 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3815 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3816 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3817 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3820 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3821 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3822 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3823 match, not program space. */
3825 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3826 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3827 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3828 permanent breakpoint.
3829 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3830 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3831 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3832 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3833 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3835 enum breakpoint_here
3836 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3838 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3839 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3843 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3844 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3847 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3848 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3849 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3850 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3852 if (overlay_debugging
3853 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3854 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3855 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3856 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3857 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3859 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3863 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3866 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3869 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3871 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3874 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3875 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3881 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3882 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3883 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3884 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3887 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3890 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3894 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3899 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3901 if (overlay_debugging
3902 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3903 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3904 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3912 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3913 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3916 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3918 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3921 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3927 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3931 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3934 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3936 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3938 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3942 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3945 if (overlay_debugging
3946 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3947 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3948 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3954 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3955 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3962 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3963 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3965 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3971 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3972 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3978 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3979 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3983 /* Check for intersection. */
3984 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3985 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3993 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3994 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3997 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4000 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4001 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4007 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4008 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4011 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4012 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4013 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4016 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4019 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4021 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4022 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4023 it is now time to do so. */
4025 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4026 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4030 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4032 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4033 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4034 it is now time to do so. */
4036 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4037 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4041 if (overlay_debugging
4042 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4043 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4044 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4053 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4057 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4059 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4062 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4066 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4068 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4069 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4070 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4071 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4075 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4076 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4079 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4096 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4097 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4100 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4104 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4109 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4111 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4112 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4113 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4114 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4115 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4117 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4118 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4122 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4132 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4135 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4140 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4142 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4148 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4149 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4150 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4151 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4153 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4154 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4156 Return 1 otherwise. */
4159 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4161 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4164 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4166 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4167 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4168 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4169 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4170 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4172 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4174 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4178 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4181 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4183 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4186 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4189 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4193 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4195 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4197 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4199 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4205 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4208 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4210 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4212 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4214 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4215 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4216 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4217 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4218 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4222 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4225 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4228 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4230 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4233 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4234 or its equivalent. */
4237 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4239 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4240 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4243 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4244 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4245 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4246 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4248 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4249 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4250 bpstat of the current thread. */
4253 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4256 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4259 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4261 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4264 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4265 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4267 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4269 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4272 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4273 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4275 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4276 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4277 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4279 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4281 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4282 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4283 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4284 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4285 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4286 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4287 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4288 the tree when we're done. */
4289 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4290 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4291 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4292 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4293 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4295 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4301 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4303 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4309 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4310 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4312 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4314 if (target_can_async_p ())
4315 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4316 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4317 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4320 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4321 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4322 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4323 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4324 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4325 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4326 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4327 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4328 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4329 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4330 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4331 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4332 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4337 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4342 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4344 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4346 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4347 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4348 && target_has_execution
4349 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4350 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4351 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4352 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4353 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4354 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4355 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4358 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4361 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4364 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4367 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4370 struct value_print_options opts
;
4371 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4372 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4376 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4377 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4378 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4379 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4382 static enum print_stop_action
4383 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4385 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4388 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4393 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4394 relevant messages. */
4395 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4398 case print_it_normal
:
4400 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4402 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4403 which has since been deleted. */
4405 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4407 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4408 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4413 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4414 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4419 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4422 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4425 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4427 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4431 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4432 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4433 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4435 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4436 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4437 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4440 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4441 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4442 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4446 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4450 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4451 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4454 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4459 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4460 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4461 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4464 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4469 struct so_list
*iter
;
4471 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4474 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4477 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4483 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4487 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4491 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4492 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4493 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4494 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4495 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4496 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4497 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4500 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4501 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4502 code to print the location. An example is
4503 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4505 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4506 to also print the location part of the message.
4507 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4508 don't require a location appended to the end.
4509 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4510 further info to be printed. */
4512 enum print_stop_action
4513 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4517 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4518 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4519 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4520 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4521 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4523 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4524 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4525 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4526 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4530 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4531 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4532 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4533 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4535 print_solib_event (0);
4536 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4539 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4540 with and nothing was printed. */
4541 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4544 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4545 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4546 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4547 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4550 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4552 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4553 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4555 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4559 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4562 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4566 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4568 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4569 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4570 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4571 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4572 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4573 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4574 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4576 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4580 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4581 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4584 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4586 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4588 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4590 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4592 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4593 as not triggered. */
4595 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4597 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4599 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4605 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4607 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4608 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4610 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4612 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4614 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4617 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4620 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4621 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4625 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4627 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4628 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4630 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4631 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4633 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4635 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4636 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4638 if (newaddr
== start
)
4640 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4644 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4645 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4649 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4658 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4659 because of check_errors). */
4660 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4661 #define WP_DELETED 1
4662 /* The value has changed. */
4663 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4664 /* The value has not changed. */
4665 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4666 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4669 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4670 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4672 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4675 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4676 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4679 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4681 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4682 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4683 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4684 int within_current_scope
;
4686 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4687 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4688 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4690 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4691 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4692 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4693 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4696 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4697 within_current_scope
= 1;
4700 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4701 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4702 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4704 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4705 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4706 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4707 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4708 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4709 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4710 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4711 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4712 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4713 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4716 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4717 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4719 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4720 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4721 if (within_current_scope
)
4723 struct symbol
*function
;
4725 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4726 if (function
== NULL
4727 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4728 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4729 within_current_scope
= 0;
4732 if (within_current_scope
)
4733 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4734 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4739 if (within_current_scope
)
4741 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4742 time before we return to the command level and call
4743 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4744 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4748 struct value
*new_val
;
4750 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4751 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4752 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4753 a mask watchpoint. */
4754 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4756 mark
= value_mark ();
4757 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4759 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4760 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4761 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4762 not what we want. */
4763 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4764 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4766 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4768 release_value (new_val
);
4769 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4771 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4774 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4778 /* Nothing changed. */
4779 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4780 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4785 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4787 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4788 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4789 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4790 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4791 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4792 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4793 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4794 the first value assigned). */
4795 /* We print all the stop information in
4796 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4797 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4798 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4802 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4803 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4804 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4806 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4807 which its expression is valid.\n");
4809 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4810 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4811 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4817 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4818 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4819 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4822 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4823 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4824 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4826 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4828 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4829 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4831 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4834 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4835 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4838 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4840 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4841 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4843 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4844 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4845 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4846 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4847 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4850 int must_check_value
= 0;
4852 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4853 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4855 must_check_value
= 1;
4856 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4857 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4858 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4860 must_check_value
= 1;
4861 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4862 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4863 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4864 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4865 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4866 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4867 must_check_value
= 1;
4869 if (must_check_value
)
4872 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4874 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4875 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4877 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4881 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4882 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4886 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4889 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4890 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4892 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4894 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4895 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4896 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4897 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4898 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4899 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4900 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4903 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4904 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4907 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4908 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4909 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4910 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4912 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4913 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4914 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4917 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4918 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4919 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4920 changes. This still gives false positives when
4921 the program writes the same value to memory as
4922 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4923 it for a read), but it's much better than
4926 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4928 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4930 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4933 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4934 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4936 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4937 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4939 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4940 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4942 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4948 if (other_write_watchpoint
4949 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4951 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4952 and the value changed since the last time we
4953 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4955 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4960 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4961 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4962 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4964 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4965 the value hasn't changed. */
4966 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4974 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4975 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4976 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4977 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4978 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4982 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4984 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4985 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4986 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4987 anything for this watchpoint. */
4988 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4995 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4996 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4997 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5000 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5002 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5003 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5004 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5006 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5007 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5008 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5009 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5010 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5012 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5013 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5014 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5016 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5017 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5021 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5022 struct expression
*cond
;
5024 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5025 method implemented. */
5026 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5027 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5029 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5031 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5038 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5040 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5041 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5043 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5044 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5045 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5046 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5048 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5050 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5051 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5055 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5056 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5057 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5058 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5059 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5061 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5062 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5065 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5067 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5068 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5069 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5070 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5071 really matter which instantiation of the function
5072 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5073 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5074 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5075 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5076 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5077 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5078 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5079 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5081 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5083 select_frame (frame
);
5085 within_current_scope
= 0;
5087 if (within_current_scope
)
5089 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5090 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5094 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5095 "in the current scope"));
5096 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5097 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5100 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5101 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5104 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5108 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5112 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5115 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5117 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5125 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5126 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5128 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5129 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5132 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5134 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5136 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5137 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5138 several reasons concurrently.)
5140 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5141 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5144 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5145 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5146 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5148 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5149 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5150 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5151 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5152 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5153 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5156 int need_remove_insert
;
5159 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5160 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5161 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5162 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5163 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5164 inferior function calls. */
5168 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5171 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5173 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5174 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5175 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5176 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5177 checked all locations already. */
5178 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5181 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5184 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5187 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5190 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5193 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5194 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5195 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5199 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5200 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5201 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5203 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5205 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5207 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5212 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5214 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5216 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5217 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5220 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5224 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5225 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5226 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5228 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5230 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5232 handle_solib_event ();
5237 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5238 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5239 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5243 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5248 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5249 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5252 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5259 /* We will stop here. */
5260 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5262 --(b
->enable_count
);
5263 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5264 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5265 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5270 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5271 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5272 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5273 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5279 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5281 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5282 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5285 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5286 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5287 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5289 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5290 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5291 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5293 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5294 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5296 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5298 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5299 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5302 if (need_remove_insert
)
5303 update_global_location_list (1);
5304 else if (removed_any
)
5305 update_global_location_list (0);
5311 handle_jit_event (void)
5313 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5314 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5316 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5317 breakpoint_re_set. */
5318 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5320 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5321 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5323 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5325 target_terminal_inferior ();
5328 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5331 handle_solib_event (void)
5333 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5335 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5336 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5337 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5338 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5340 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5342 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5344 target_terminal_inferior ();
5347 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5349 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5352 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5354 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5358 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5359 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5360 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5362 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5364 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5365 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5366 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5369 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5371 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5372 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5376 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5383 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5386 case bp_shlib_event
:
5390 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5392 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5395 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5399 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5400 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5404 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5406 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5410 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5411 This requires no further action. */
5415 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5417 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5418 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5420 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5421 case bp_exception_resume
:
5422 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5423 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5425 case bp_step_resume
:
5427 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5430 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5431 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5434 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5436 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5439 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5440 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5443 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5444 case bp_thread_event
:
5445 case bp_overlay_event
:
5446 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5447 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5448 case bp_exception_master
:
5449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5455 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5457 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5461 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5462 This requires no further action. */
5467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5470 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5471 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5472 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5473 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5475 case bp_std_terminate
:
5476 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5477 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5478 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5479 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5482 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5483 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5484 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5485 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5487 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5488 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5490 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5491 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5494 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5495 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5496 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5497 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5501 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5505 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5506 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5509 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5512 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5513 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5518 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5520 handle_jit_event ();
5523 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5525 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5531 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5532 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5534 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5535 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5543 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5544 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5545 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5548 bpstat_should_step (void)
5550 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5553 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5559 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5561 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5570 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5571 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5572 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5575 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5577 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5578 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5582 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5584 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5586 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5587 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5588 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5593 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5599 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5600 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5602 "host": Host evals condition.
5603 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5604 "target": Target evals condition.
5608 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5610 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5611 char host_evals
= 0;
5612 char target_evals
= 0;
5617 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5620 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5621 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5622 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5624 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5626 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5632 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5633 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5634 else if (target_evals
)
5635 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5637 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5640 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5641 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5644 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5646 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5649 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5650 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5651 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5653 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5654 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5656 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5659 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5662 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5663 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5665 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5666 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5668 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5672 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5674 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5675 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5676 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5679 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5682 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5683 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5684 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5685 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5686 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5689 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5690 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5694 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5695 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5700 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5704 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5705 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5707 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5709 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5711 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5716 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5717 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5718 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5720 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5722 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5723 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5726 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5730 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5732 struct ep_type_description
5737 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5739 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5740 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5741 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5742 {bp_until
, "until"},
5743 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5744 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5745 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5747 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5748 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5749 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5750 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5751 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5752 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5753 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5754 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5755 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5756 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5757 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5758 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5759 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5760 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5761 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5762 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5763 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5764 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5765 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5766 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5767 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5768 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5769 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5770 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5771 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5774 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5775 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5776 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5777 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5780 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5783 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5786 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5787 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5789 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5792 struct command_line
*l
;
5793 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5795 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5796 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5797 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5798 struct value_print_options opts
;
5800 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5802 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5803 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5804 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5807 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5808 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5816 if (part_of_multiple
)
5819 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5820 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5825 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5830 if (part_of_multiple
)
5831 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5833 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5837 if (part_of_multiple
)
5838 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5840 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5845 if (part_of_multiple
)
5846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5848 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5849 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5850 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5854 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5856 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5857 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5858 make sure there's just one location. */
5859 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5860 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5866 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5867 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5871 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5872 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5873 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5875 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5877 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5878 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5879 is relatively readable). */
5880 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5881 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5888 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5892 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5893 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5895 case bp_exception_resume
:
5896 case bp_step_resume
:
5897 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5898 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5900 case bp_std_terminate
:
5901 case bp_shlib_event
:
5902 case bp_thread_event
:
5903 case bp_overlay_event
:
5904 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5905 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5906 case bp_exception_master
:
5908 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5909 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5912 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5914 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5917 if (header_of_multiple
)
5918 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5919 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5920 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5922 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5923 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5926 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5927 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5934 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5937 && !header_of_multiple
5939 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5940 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5941 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5942 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5943 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5944 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5946 struct inferior
*inf
;
5949 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5951 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5956 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5959 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5960 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5965 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5967 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5969 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5970 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5971 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5972 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5974 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5976 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5977 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5981 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5983 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5984 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5986 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5989 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5990 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5992 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5993 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5994 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5997 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6000 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6003 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6004 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6006 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6007 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6008 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6009 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6010 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6012 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6013 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6014 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6015 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6017 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6020 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6022 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6024 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6028 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6033 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6034 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6035 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6039 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6040 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6041 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6044 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6048 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6050 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6054 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6057 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6058 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6059 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6062 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6063 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6064 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6065 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6068 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6069 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6070 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6071 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6072 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6074 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6075 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6076 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6079 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6081 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6083 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6085 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6086 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6087 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6091 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->extra_string
6092 && b
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& !b
->commands
)
6095 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t(agent printf) ");
6096 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "printf", b
->extra_string
);
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6100 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6101 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6103 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6106 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6107 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6108 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6111 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6113 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6115 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6117 annotate_field (10);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6119 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6120 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6123 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6125 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6127 annotate_field (11);
6129 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6130 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6131 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6135 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6143 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6145 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6147 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6149 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6151 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6157 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6158 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6161 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6162 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6164 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6166 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6167 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6169 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6170 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6171 locations, if any. */
6172 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6174 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6175 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6176 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6179 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6180 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6182 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6183 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6185 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6188 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6190 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6191 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6192 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6193 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6200 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6202 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6203 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6205 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6209 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6210 an address to print. */
6211 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6214 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6215 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6216 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6219 return print_address_bits
;
6222 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6228 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6230 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6231 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6232 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6236 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6238 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6246 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6247 char **error_message
)
6249 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6252 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6254 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6255 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6261 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6262 internal or momentary. */
6265 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6267 return b
->number
> 0;
6270 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6271 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6272 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6273 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6274 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6275 breakpoints listed. */
6278 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6279 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6282 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6283 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6284 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6285 struct value_print_options opts
;
6286 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6287 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6288 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6290 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6292 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6293 required for address fields. */
6294 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6297 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6298 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6301 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6302 accept. Skip the others. */
6303 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6305 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6307 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6311 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6313 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6315 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6316 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6317 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6319 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6320 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6321 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6323 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6327 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6329 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6330 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6334 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6335 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6338 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6339 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6340 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6342 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6343 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6345 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6346 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6347 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6349 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6350 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6352 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6353 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6355 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6357 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6358 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6359 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6361 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6362 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6364 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6366 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6367 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6368 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6369 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6374 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6375 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6378 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6379 accept. Skip the others. */
6381 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6383 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6385 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6388 else /* all others */
6390 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6394 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6396 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6397 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6400 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6402 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6404 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6408 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6409 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6411 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6412 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6418 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6419 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6422 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6423 there have been breakpoints? */
6424 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6426 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6429 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6430 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6433 default_collect_info (void)
6435 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6437 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6438 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6440 if (!*default_collect
)
6443 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6446 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6447 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6451 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6453 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6455 default_collect_info ();
6459 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6461 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6462 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6464 if (num_printed
== 0)
6466 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6467 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6469 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6474 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6476 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6478 default_collect_info ();
6482 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6483 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6484 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6486 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6488 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6490 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6491 && bl
->address
== pc
6492 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6498 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6499 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6503 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6504 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6505 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6508 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6511 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6512 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6516 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6517 else /* if (others == ???) */
6518 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6520 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6523 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6524 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6525 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6526 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6527 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6528 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6529 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6530 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6532 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6536 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6538 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6539 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6540 printf_filtered (".\n");
6545 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6546 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6547 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6548 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6550 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6551 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6552 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6553 breakpoint at address zero:
6561 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6563 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6565 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6568 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6569 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6572 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6573 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6575 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6576 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6578 /* Both of them must exist. */
6579 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6580 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6582 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6583 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6584 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6585 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6586 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6587 other watchpoint. */
6589 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6591 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6594 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6596 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6600 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6601 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6602 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6603 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6604 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6605 become hw_access locations later. */
6606 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6607 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6608 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6609 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6612 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6613 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6614 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6615 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6618 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6619 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6621 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6622 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6626 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6627 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6628 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6629 space doesn't really matter. */
6632 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6633 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6636 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6637 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6638 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6641 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6642 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6643 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6644 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6647 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6648 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6651 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6654 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6655 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6659 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6660 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6661 true, otherwise returns false. */
6664 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6665 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6667 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6668 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6669 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6670 different locations. */
6671 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6676 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6677 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6678 represent the same location. */
6681 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6682 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6684 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6686 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6687 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6688 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6690 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6691 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6693 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6696 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6697 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6698 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6700 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6701 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6702 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6703 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6707 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6708 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6710 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6711 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6715 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6716 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6718 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6719 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6721 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6724 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6725 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6726 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6727 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6730 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6731 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6733 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6735 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6738 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6739 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6740 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6741 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6742 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6744 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6745 have their addresses modified. */
6750 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6752 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6753 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6754 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6756 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6757 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6759 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6760 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6762 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6767 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6768 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6770 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6772 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6777 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6778 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6781 switch (owner
->type
)
6787 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6788 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6790 case bp_exception_resume
:
6791 case bp_step_resume
:
6792 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6793 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6795 case bp_std_terminate
:
6796 case bp_shlib_event
:
6797 case bp_thread_event
:
6798 case bp_overlay_event
:
6800 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6801 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6802 case bp_exception_master
:
6803 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6804 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6806 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6807 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6809 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6810 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6811 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6813 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6814 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6815 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6816 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6821 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6822 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6823 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6826 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6832 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6834 static struct bp_location
*
6835 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6837 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6841 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6843 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6847 /* Increment reference count. */
6850 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6855 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6856 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6859 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6861 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6863 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6864 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6868 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6871 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6873 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6875 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6876 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6878 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6880 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6889 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6892 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6893 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6895 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6897 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6899 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6903 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6904 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6905 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6907 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6910 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6912 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6913 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6914 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6915 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6918 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6919 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6921 static struct breakpoint
*
6922 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6924 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6926 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6928 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6929 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6933 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6934 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6938 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6940 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6942 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6943 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6944 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6947 const char *function_name
;
6948 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6950 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6951 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6953 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6955 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6957 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6958 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6959 &loc
->requested_address
))
6961 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6962 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6963 loc
->requested_address
,
6966 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6967 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6969 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6970 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6971 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6972 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6974 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6979 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6983 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6985 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6988 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6990 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
6995 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6996 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6997 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6999 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7000 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7001 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7004 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7005 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7006 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7008 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7010 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7012 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7013 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7015 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7016 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7018 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7019 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7021 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7024 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7025 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7026 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7027 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7028 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7029 is also returned as the value of this function.
7031 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7032 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7033 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7034 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7035 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7036 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7037 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7040 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7041 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7042 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7044 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7046 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7047 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7052 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7053 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7055 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7057 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7059 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7061 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7062 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7063 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7064 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7065 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7066 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7070 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7071 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7072 initiated the operation. */
7075 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7077 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7078 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7080 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7081 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7082 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7083 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7085 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7086 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7087 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7089 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7090 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7092 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7093 after their removal. */
7094 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7095 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7096 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7099 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7102 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7104 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7106 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7109 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7111 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7112 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7117 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7119 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7122 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7124 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7125 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7129 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7130 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7131 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7135 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7137 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7140 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7142 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7144 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7145 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7146 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7148 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7150 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7153 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7154 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7155 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7156 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7162 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7163 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7166 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7167 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7171 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7173 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7176 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7178 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7180 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7181 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7182 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7183 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7186 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7188 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7190 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7191 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7192 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7194 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7199 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7201 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7204 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7206 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7207 update_global_location_list (1);
7208 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7213 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7215 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7218 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7220 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7221 update_global_location_list (0);
7222 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7226 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7227 master breakpoint. */
7229 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7231 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7234 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7235 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7237 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7238 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7242 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7244 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7246 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7249 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7250 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7254 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7256 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7258 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7259 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7261 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7262 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7264 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7266 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7272 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7274 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7276 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7277 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7278 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7279 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7282 struct lang_and_radix
7288 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7291 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7293 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7295 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7296 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7297 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7301 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7304 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7306 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7309 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7310 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7311 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7315 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7317 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7320 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7321 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7322 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7326 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7328 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7330 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7331 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7332 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7336 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7337 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7340 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7342 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7346 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7347 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7349 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7350 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7351 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7352 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7353 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7354 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7355 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7356 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7357 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7358 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7359 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7361 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7363 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7367 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7372 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7373 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7377 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7379 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7380 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7382 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7383 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7384 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7385 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7386 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7387 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7390 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7392 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7393 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7395 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7396 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7397 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7398 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7399 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7400 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7401 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7402 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7403 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7405 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7406 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7407 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7408 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7411 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7412 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7414 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7416 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7417 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7418 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7421 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7426 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7428 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7429 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7430 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7431 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7432 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7434 struct fork_catchpoint
7436 /* The base class. */
7437 struct breakpoint base
;
7439 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7440 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7441 catchpoint has triggered. */
7442 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7445 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7449 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7451 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7454 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7458 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7460 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7463 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7467 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7468 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7469 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7471 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7473 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7476 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7480 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7483 static enum print_stop_action
7484 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7486 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7487 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7488 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7490 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7491 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7492 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7494 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7495 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7497 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7498 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7499 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7501 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7502 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7503 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7505 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7508 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7512 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7514 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7515 struct value_print_options opts
;
7516 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7518 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7520 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7521 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7523 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7524 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7526 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7527 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7529 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7530 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7531 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7532 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7536 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7540 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7542 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7545 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7549 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7551 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7552 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7555 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7557 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7559 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7563 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7565 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7568 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7572 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7574 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7577 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7581 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7582 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7583 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7585 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7587 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7590 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7594 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7597 static enum print_stop_action
7598 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7600 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7601 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7602 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7604 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7605 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7606 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7608 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7609 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7611 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7612 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7613 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7615 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7616 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7617 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7618 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7619 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7622 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7626 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7628 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7629 struct value_print_options opts
;
7630 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7632 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7633 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7634 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7636 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7637 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7639 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7640 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7642 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7643 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7644 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7645 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7649 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7653 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7655 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7658 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7662 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7664 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7665 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7668 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7670 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7672 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7673 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7674 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7675 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7676 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7678 struct solib_catchpoint
7680 /* The base class. */
7681 struct breakpoint base
;
7683 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7684 unsigned char is_load
;
7686 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7687 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7693 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7695 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7698 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7699 xfree (self
->regex
);
7701 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7705 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7711 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7717 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7718 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7720 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7722 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7723 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7725 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7730 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7732 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7735 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7738 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7741 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7743 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7752 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7754 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7755 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7760 struct so_list
*iter
;
7763 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7768 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7777 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7782 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7788 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7791 static enum print_stop_action
7792 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7794 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7795 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7797 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7798 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7799 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7801 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7802 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7803 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7805 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7806 print_solib_event (1);
7807 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7811 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7813 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7814 struct value_print_options opts
;
7815 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7818 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7819 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7820 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7822 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7825 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7832 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7834 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7839 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7841 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7843 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7848 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7850 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7852 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7853 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7857 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7859 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7861 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7862 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7863 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7865 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7869 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7871 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7872 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7873 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7874 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7875 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7876 created in an enabled state. */
7879 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7881 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7882 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7883 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7887 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7889 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7890 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7896 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7899 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7901 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7902 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7904 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7907 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7908 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7909 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7911 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7913 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7914 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7917 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7921 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7922 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7925 const int enabled
= 1;
7927 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7929 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7933 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7934 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7936 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7940 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7941 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7943 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7948 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7949 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7950 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7951 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7952 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7954 struct syscall_catchpoint
7956 /* The base class. */
7957 struct breakpoint base
;
7959 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7960 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7961 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7962 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7963 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7966 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7970 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7972 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7974 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7976 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7979 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7981 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7983 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7984 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7985 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7987 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7988 int any_syscall_count
;
7990 /* Count of each system call. */
7991 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
7993 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7994 if any catching is necessary. */
7995 int total_syscalls_count
;
7998 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
7999 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8001 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8003 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8004 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8006 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8007 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8014 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8020 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8024 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8026 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8027 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8028 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8029 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8031 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8032 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8033 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8039 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8044 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8046 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8047 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8048 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8050 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8051 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8052 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8054 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8055 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8057 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8058 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8062 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8063 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8064 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8066 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8068 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8071 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8075 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8077 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8078 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8079 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8080 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8082 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8083 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8084 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8090 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8094 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8095 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8097 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8098 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8102 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8103 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8104 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8106 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8108 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8111 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8115 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8116 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8117 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8119 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8120 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8121 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8122 int syscall_number
= 0;
8123 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8124 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8126 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8127 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8130 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8132 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8133 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8138 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8140 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8150 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8153 static enum print_stop_action
8154 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8156 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8157 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8158 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8159 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8160 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8161 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8163 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8166 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8168 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8170 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8172 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8173 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8175 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8176 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8178 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8179 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8180 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8181 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8182 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8184 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8186 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8187 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8189 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8191 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8192 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8194 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8196 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8198 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8201 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8205 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8206 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8208 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8209 struct value_print_options opts
;
8210 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8212 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8213 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8214 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8216 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8217 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8220 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8221 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8222 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8224 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8226 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8229 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8232 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8237 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8240 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8242 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8244 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8245 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8249 /* Remove the last comma. */
8250 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8251 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8254 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8255 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8258 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8262 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8264 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8266 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8270 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8271 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8273 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8276 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8280 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8283 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8285 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8287 printf_filtered (")");
8290 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8294 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8298 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8300 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8304 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8309 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8314 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8318 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8321 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8324 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8326 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8328 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8331 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8333 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8336 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8337 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8338 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8339 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8342 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8343 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8345 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8347 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8350 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8352 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8354 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8355 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8359 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8361 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8362 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8363 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8364 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8367 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8370 update_global_location_list (1);
8374 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8375 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8376 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8378 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8380 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8382 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8384 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8387 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8389 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8390 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8391 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8392 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8393 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8395 struct exec_catchpoint
8397 /* The base class. */
8398 struct breakpoint base
;
8400 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8401 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8403 char *exec_pathname
;
8406 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8410 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8412 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8414 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8416 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8420 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8422 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8426 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8428 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8432 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8433 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8434 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8436 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8438 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8441 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8445 static enum print_stop_action
8446 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8448 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8449 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8450 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8452 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8453 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8454 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8457 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8459 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8460 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8461 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8463 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8464 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8465 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8468 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8472 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8474 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8475 struct value_print_options opts
;
8476 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8478 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8480 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8481 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8482 is relatively readable). */
8483 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8484 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8486 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8487 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8489 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8490 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8491 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8496 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8498 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8501 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8505 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8508 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8511 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8514 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8515 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8517 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8518 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8520 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8521 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8522 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8524 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8528 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8531 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8532 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8536 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8537 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8539 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8541 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8548 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8552 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8555 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8557 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8560 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8562 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8564 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8570 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8571 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8572 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8573 types _not_ TYPE. */
8576 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8577 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8580 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8582 *other_type_used
= 0;
8587 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8590 if (b
->type
== type
)
8591 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8592 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8593 *other_type_used
= 1;
8600 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8602 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8606 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8608 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8609 update_global_location_list (0);
8615 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8617 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8621 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8623 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8624 update_global_location_list (1);
8630 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8632 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8633 update_global_location_list (0);
8637 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8639 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8640 breakpoint_re_set ();
8644 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8645 at address specified by SAL.
8646 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8649 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8650 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8652 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8654 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8656 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8658 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8659 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8660 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8661 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8663 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8664 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8666 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8667 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8669 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8674 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8675 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8678 static struct breakpoint
*
8679 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8681 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8683 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8685 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8686 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8687 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8689 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8690 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8691 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8692 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8693 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8694 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8696 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8697 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8699 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8700 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8701 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8702 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8704 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8705 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8706 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8708 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8712 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8716 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8718 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8722 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8726 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8729 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8731 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8733 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8734 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8736 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8740 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8743 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8745 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8746 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8748 printf_filtered ("\n");
8752 static struct bp_location
*
8753 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8754 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8756 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8757 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8758 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8760 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8761 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8763 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8764 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8765 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8766 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8767 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8768 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8769 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8772 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8773 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8777 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8778 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8779 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8780 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8781 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8782 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8783 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8785 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8786 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8787 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8789 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8790 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8795 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8796 return 0 otherwise. */
8799 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8803 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8804 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8805 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8808 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8810 addr
= loc
->address
;
8811 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8813 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8817 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8819 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8820 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8821 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8822 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8824 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8825 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8827 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8828 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8831 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8836 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8837 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8840 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8842 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8843 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8848 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8850 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8852 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8854 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8856 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8857 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8859 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8860 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8861 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8863 if (!dprintf_function
)
8864 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8866 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8867 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8872 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8876 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8878 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8879 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8882 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8883 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8887 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8888 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8890 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8893 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8895 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8897 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8898 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8899 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8900 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8901 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8902 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8905 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8906 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8907 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8908 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8909 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8910 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8912 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8916 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8917 current style settings. */
8920 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8921 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8923 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8927 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8928 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8932 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8933 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8934 as condition expression. */
8937 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8938 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8939 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8941 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8942 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8943 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8944 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8945 int display_canonical
)
8949 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8951 int target_resources_ok
;
8953 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8954 target_resources_ok
=
8955 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8957 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8958 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8959 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8960 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8963 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8965 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8967 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8972 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8974 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8976 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8977 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8982 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8986 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8987 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
8988 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8989 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8990 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8992 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8993 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8995 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8997 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8998 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9000 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9002 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9003 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9004 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9008 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9010 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9012 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9013 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9015 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9017 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9019 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9021 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9022 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9024 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9026 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9029 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9030 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9037 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9038 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9042 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9043 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9047 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9048 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9049 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9051 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9054 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9055 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9056 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9058 if (b
->extra_string
)
9059 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9061 error (_("Format string required"));
9063 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9064 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9067 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9069 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9071 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9074 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9079 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9080 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9081 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9083 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9084 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9085 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9086 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9087 int display_canonical
)
9089 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9090 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9092 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9094 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9096 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9100 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9102 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9104 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9106 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9108 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9110 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9112 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9114 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9117 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9118 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9119 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9120 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9121 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9122 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9123 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9124 we take just a single condition string.
9126 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9127 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9128 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9129 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9130 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9133 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9134 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9135 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9136 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9137 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9138 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9139 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9142 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9144 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9145 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9147 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9149 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9150 'break', without arguments. */
9151 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9152 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9154 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9155 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9157 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9158 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9161 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9163 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9164 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9165 canonical
->special_display
);
9166 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9170 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9171 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9172 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9173 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9175 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9176 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9179 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9180 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9182 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9184 if ((*address
) == NULL
9185 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9187 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9189 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9191 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9192 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9195 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9196 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9197 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9199 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9200 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9201 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9202 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9203 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9204 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9206 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9208 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9209 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9210 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9211 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9212 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9214 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9216 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9217 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9218 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9220 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9223 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9227 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9229 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9230 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9231 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9232 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9234 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9235 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9236 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9238 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9239 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9240 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9241 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9242 get_last_displayed_line (),
9243 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9245 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9246 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9251 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9252 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9255 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9259 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9260 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9263 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9264 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9265 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9266 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9267 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9271 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9272 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9275 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9277 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9279 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9281 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9283 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9285 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9286 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9287 associated with SAL. */
9290 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9292 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9295 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9296 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9298 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9302 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9304 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9305 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9307 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9310 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9311 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9312 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9313 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9314 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9315 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9318 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9319 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9322 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9331 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9332 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9334 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9336 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9338 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9342 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9344 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9346 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9348 struct expression
*expr
;
9350 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9351 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9354 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9356 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9362 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9364 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9365 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9366 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9368 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9374 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9376 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9377 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9378 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9382 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9386 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9390 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9392 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9393 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9395 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9396 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9397 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9398 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9403 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9405 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9407 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9408 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9410 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9411 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9412 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9414 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9415 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9417 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9419 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9421 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9423 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9425 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9426 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9428 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9431 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9437 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9438 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9439 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9440 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9441 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9442 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9443 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9444 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9445 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9449 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9450 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9451 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9452 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9453 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9455 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9456 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9457 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9460 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9461 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9462 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9463 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9464 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9465 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9468 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9470 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9472 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9474 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9476 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9477 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9480 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9484 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9490 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9492 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9495 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9496 throw_exception (e
);
9498 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9500 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9501 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9502 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9503 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9504 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9507 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9508 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9509 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9510 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9512 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9514 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9515 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9516 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9517 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9518 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9520 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9524 throw_exception (e
);
9528 throw_exception (e
);
9531 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9532 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9534 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9535 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9536 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9537 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9538 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9540 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9541 are ok for the target. */
9545 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9547 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9548 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9551 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9552 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9555 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9557 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9558 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9561 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9562 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9566 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9568 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9570 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9573 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9574 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9575 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9576 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9578 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9579 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9581 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9583 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9585 extra_string
= rest
;
9589 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9592 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9593 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9595 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9598 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9599 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9603 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9604 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9605 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9606 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9607 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9611 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9613 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9615 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9617 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9619 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9623 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9625 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9627 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9628 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9629 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9632 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9635 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9636 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9638 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9640 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9641 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9642 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9643 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9644 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9645 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9646 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9647 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9649 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9652 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9654 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9655 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9656 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9659 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9661 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9662 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9663 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9665 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9666 update_global_location_list (1);
9671 /* Set a breakpoint.
9672 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9673 condition, and thread.
9674 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9675 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9679 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9681 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9682 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9683 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9685 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9686 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9688 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9689 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9690 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9692 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9694 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9696 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9697 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9698 0 /* Ignore count */,
9699 pending_break_support
,
9707 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9710 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9714 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9716 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9717 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9718 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9721 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9722 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9723 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9724 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9727 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9729 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9733 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9736 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9739 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9740 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9744 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9745 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9746 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9747 happen in assembly source). */
9749 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9750 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9752 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9754 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9756 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9758 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9765 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9767 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9771 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9773 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9777 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9779 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9783 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9785 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9789 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9791 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9792 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9793 stop at <line>\n"));
9797 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9801 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9803 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9808 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9809 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9810 function/method name. */
9811 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9813 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9818 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9820 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9824 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9826 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9830 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9834 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9841 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9842 it is probably a line number. */
9843 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9845 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9850 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9852 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9856 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9858 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9861 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9862 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9863 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9867 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9869 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9871 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9873 0 /* Ignore count */,
9874 pending_break_support
,
9875 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9883 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9885 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9888 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9889 ranged breakpoints. */
9892 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9893 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9895 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9897 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9898 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9901 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9902 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9905 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9906 ranged breakpoints. */
9909 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9911 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9914 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9915 ranged breakpoints. */
9917 static enum print_stop_action
9918 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9920 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9921 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9922 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9924 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9926 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9927 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9929 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9930 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9931 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9933 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9936 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9937 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9938 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9940 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9941 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9943 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9946 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9947 ranged breakpoints. */
9950 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9951 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9953 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9954 struct value_print_options opts
;
9955 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9957 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9958 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9960 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9962 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9963 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9964 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9965 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9967 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9971 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9972 ranged breakpoints. */
9975 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9976 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9978 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9979 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9980 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9981 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9985 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9986 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9989 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
9990 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9991 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9992 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
9993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9995 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9998 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9999 ranged breakpoints. */
10002 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10004 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10005 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10008 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10010 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10013 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10014 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10015 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10018 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10019 ranged breakpoints. */
10022 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10024 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10025 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10026 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10029 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10031 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10033 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10034 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10035 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10036 last instruction of the given line. */
10039 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10043 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10044 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10045 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10052 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10054 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10056 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10063 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10066 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10068 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10069 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10070 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10072 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10073 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10074 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10075 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10077 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10078 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10079 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10081 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10082 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10083 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10085 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10086 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10088 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10089 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10090 error(_("No address range specified."));
10092 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10095 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10097 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10100 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10101 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10102 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10104 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10106 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10107 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10108 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10110 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10111 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10112 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10114 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10115 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10117 /* Parse the end location. */
10119 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10122 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10123 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10124 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10125 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10126 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10127 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10128 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10129 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10131 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10133 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10134 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10136 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10137 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10138 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10139 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10141 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10142 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10143 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10145 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10146 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10147 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10149 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10151 /* Length overflowed. */
10152 error (_("Address range too large."));
10153 else if (length
== 1)
10155 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10156 the `hbreak' command. */
10157 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10159 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10164 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10165 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10166 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10167 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10168 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10169 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10170 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10171 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10172 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10174 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10177 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10178 update_global_location_list (1);
10181 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10182 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10183 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10187 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10189 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10195 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10196 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10199 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10209 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10210 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10211 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10212 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10213 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10215 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10243 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10246 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10247 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10252 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10253 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10254 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10255 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10256 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10257 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10258 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10260 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10261 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10266 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10268 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10269 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10270 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10271 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10273 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10274 are always constant. */
10276 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10278 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10279 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10280 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10285 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10286 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10287 then it is not a constant. */
10296 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10299 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10301 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10303 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10305 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10306 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10307 value_free (w
->val
);
10309 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10312 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10315 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10317 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10319 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10320 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10322 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10323 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10324 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10325 are loaded and unloaded.
10327 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10328 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10329 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10330 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10331 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10332 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10334 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10335 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10336 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10337 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10339 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10340 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10342 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10343 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10344 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10347 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10350 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10352 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10353 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10355 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10359 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10362 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10364 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10365 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10367 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10372 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10373 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10374 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10376 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10377 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10379 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10380 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10381 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10382 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10383 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10384 (did not match the data address). */
10385 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10386 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10393 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10395 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10397 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10400 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10401 hardware watchpoints. */
10404 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10406 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10407 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10409 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10412 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10413 hardware watchpoints. */
10416 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10418 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10419 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10422 static enum print_stop_action
10423 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10425 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10426 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10427 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10428 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10429 enum print_stop_action result
;
10430 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10431 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10433 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10435 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10436 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10437 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10439 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10440 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10444 case bp_watchpoint
:
10445 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10446 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10448 ui_out_field_string
10450 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10452 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10453 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10454 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10455 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10457 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10458 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10460 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10461 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10464 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10466 ui_out_field_string
10468 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10470 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10471 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10472 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10473 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10474 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10475 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10478 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10479 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10481 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10482 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10483 ui_out_field_string
10485 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10487 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10488 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10489 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10490 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10491 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10497 ui_out_field_string
10499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10500 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10503 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10504 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10505 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10506 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10509 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10512 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10516 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10520 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10522 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10523 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10524 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10528 case bp_watchpoint
:
10529 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10530 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10532 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10534 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10536 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10538 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10540 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10541 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10542 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10545 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10546 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10549 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10550 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10551 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10552 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10555 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10559 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10561 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10565 case bp_watchpoint
:
10566 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10567 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10569 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10572 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10576 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10577 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10580 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10581 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10584 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10586 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10588 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10589 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10592 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10594 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10596 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10597 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10600 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10601 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10604 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10606 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10608 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10609 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10612 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10613 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10616 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10618 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10620 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10623 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10624 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10627 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10632 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10633 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10635 static enum print_stop_action
10636 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10638 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10639 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10641 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10642 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10646 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10647 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10648 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10649 ui_out_field_string
10651 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10654 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10655 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10656 ui_out_field_string
10658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10661 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10663 ui_out_field_string
10665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10668 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10669 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10673 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10674 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10675 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10676 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10678 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10679 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10682 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10686 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10687 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10689 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10691 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10692 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10694 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10695 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10696 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10699 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10700 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10703 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10705 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10706 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10707 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10711 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10712 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10713 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10715 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10717 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10719 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10720 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10721 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10724 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10725 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10728 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10729 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10730 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10731 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10734 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10735 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10738 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10740 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10745 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10746 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10748 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10749 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10751 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10752 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10755 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10756 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10759 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10761 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10764 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10766 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10768 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10771 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10773 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10776 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10777 hw_read: watch read,
10778 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10780 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10781 int just_location
, int internal
)
10783 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10784 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10785 struct expression
*exp
;
10786 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10787 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10788 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10789 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10790 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10791 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10793 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10794 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10795 enum bptype bp_type
;
10798 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10799 the hardware watchpoint. */
10801 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10802 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10804 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10805 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10809 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10810 of the arguments string. */
10811 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10813 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10814 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10817 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10818 This is the value of the parameter. */
10819 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10821 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10823 /* Skip whitespace. */
10824 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10829 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10830 This is the parameter itself. */
10831 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10834 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10836 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10838 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10839 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10840 only in a specific thread. */
10844 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10846 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10847 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10849 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10851 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10852 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10854 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10855 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10856 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10858 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10860 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10861 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10863 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10866 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10868 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10870 mark
= value_mark ();
10871 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10872 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10873 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10876 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10879 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10880 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10885 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10886 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10888 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10890 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10891 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10893 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10896 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10897 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10901 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10902 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10904 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10907 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10908 mark
= value_mark ();
10909 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10915 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10916 val
= value_addr (result
);
10917 release_value (val
);
10918 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10922 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10925 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10926 else if (ret
== -2)
10927 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10930 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10931 release_value (val
);
10933 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10934 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10936 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10937 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10939 struct expression
*cond
;
10941 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10942 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10943 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10945 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10946 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10947 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10953 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10955 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10956 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10957 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10958 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10960 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10962 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10964 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10965 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10966 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10967 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10968 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10970 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10973 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10974 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10975 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10976 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10978 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10980 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10981 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10983 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10984 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10986 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10987 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10988 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10989 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10990 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10991 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10992 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10993 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10994 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10998 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11000 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11003 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11004 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11006 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11007 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11008 b
->thread
= thread
;
11009 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11010 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11012 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11013 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11016 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11017 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11020 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11021 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11023 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11024 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11027 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11028 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11030 /* The above expression is in C. */
11031 b
->language
= language_c
;
11034 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11038 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11047 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11049 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11053 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11054 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11058 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11059 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11062 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11064 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11065 need to act on them together. */
11066 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11067 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11070 if (!just_location
)
11071 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11073 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11075 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11076 that should be inserted. */
11077 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11081 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11082 throw_exception (e
);
11085 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11088 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11089 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11092 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11094 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11095 struct value
*head
= v
;
11097 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11098 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11101 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11102 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11103 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11104 hardware watchpoint.
11106 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11107 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11108 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11109 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11110 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11111 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11112 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11113 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11114 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11116 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11117 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11118 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11119 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11120 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11122 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11124 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11125 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11126 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11127 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11128 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11129 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11133 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11134 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11135 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11137 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11138 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11139 middle of some value chain. */
11141 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11142 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11144 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11148 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11149 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11150 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11152 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11156 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11160 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11161 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11162 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11163 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11164 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11167 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11168 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11169 return found_memory_cnt
;
11173 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11175 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11178 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11179 calls watch_command_1. */
11182 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11184 int just_location
= 0;
11187 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11188 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11190 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11194 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11198 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11200 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11204 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11206 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11210 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11212 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11216 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11218 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11222 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11224 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11228 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11229 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11231 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11233 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11234 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11238 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11239 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11240 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11243 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11245 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11247 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11248 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11249 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11250 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11254 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11256 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11257 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11258 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11259 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11260 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11261 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11262 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11263 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11264 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11266 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11268 clear_proceed_status ();
11270 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11273 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11274 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11275 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11276 get_last_displayed_line ());
11278 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11279 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11281 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11282 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11284 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11285 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11288 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11290 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11292 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11295 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11297 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11298 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11299 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11302 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11303 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11304 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11305 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11307 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11310 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11312 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11314 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11315 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11316 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11320 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11322 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11323 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11326 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11330 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11331 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11332 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11333 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11335 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11336 only at the very same frame. */
11337 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11338 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11339 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11341 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11343 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11344 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11345 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11346 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11348 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11350 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11351 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11353 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11354 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11355 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11357 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11358 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11359 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11363 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11366 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11367 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11369 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11370 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11371 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11372 if clause in the arg string. */
11375 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11379 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11382 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11385 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11386 condition string. */
11387 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11388 cond_string
= *arg
;
11390 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11392 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11394 return cond_string
;
11397 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11398 process start/exit, etc. */
11402 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11403 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11408 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11409 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11411 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11412 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11413 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11416 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11417 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11418 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11422 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11424 /* The allowed syntax is:
11426 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11428 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11429 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11431 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11432 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11434 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11435 and enable reporting of such events. */
11438 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11439 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11440 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11441 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11443 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11444 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11445 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11446 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11449 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11455 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11456 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11458 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11459 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11461 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11463 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11467 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11469 /* The allowed syntax is:
11471 catch exec if <cond>
11473 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11474 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11476 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11477 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11479 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11480 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11481 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11482 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11484 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11487 static enum print_stop_action
11488 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11490 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11491 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11492 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11494 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11496 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11497 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11498 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11501 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11502 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11503 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11505 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11506 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11507 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11508 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11509 : " (exception caught), ");
11510 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11512 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11513 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11514 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11515 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11517 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11521 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11522 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11524 struct value_print_options opts
;
11525 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11527 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11528 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11530 annotate_field (4);
11531 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11532 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11534 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11535 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11537 annotate_field (5);
11539 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11540 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11541 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11543 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11547 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11549 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11553 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11554 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11555 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11556 : _("Catchpoint "));
11557 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11558 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11562 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11563 catch catchpoints. */
11566 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11567 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11572 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11573 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11575 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11576 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11579 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11582 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11583 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11585 char *trigger_func_name
;
11587 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11588 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11590 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11592 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11593 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11594 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11595 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11597 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11598 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11606 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11609 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11610 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11612 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11616 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11618 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11620 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11621 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11623 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11624 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11625 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11627 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11630 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11633 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11636 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11638 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11640 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11643 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11646 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11648 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11650 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11654 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11655 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11656 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11658 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11664 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11666 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11668 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11669 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11670 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11671 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11672 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11673 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11674 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11675 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11676 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11677 enough for now, though. */
11680 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11682 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11683 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11684 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11685 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11688 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11689 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11691 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11693 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11694 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11696 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11698 int i
, syscall_number
;
11700 char cur_name
[128];
11703 /* Skip whitespace. */
11704 while (isspace (*arg
))
11707 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11708 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11709 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11712 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11713 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11714 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11715 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11718 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11720 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11722 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11723 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11724 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11725 syscall number to be caught. */
11726 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11729 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11730 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11733 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11737 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11740 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11741 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11746 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11748 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11749 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11750 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11751 this architecture yet."));
11753 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11755 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11757 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11758 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11759 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11760 for his/her architecture. */
11761 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11763 /* The allowed syntax is:
11765 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11767 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11770 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11774 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11775 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11779 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11781 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11786 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11788 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11791 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11794 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11796 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11797 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11798 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11799 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11801 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11803 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11806 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11810 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11813 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11816 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11818 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11819 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11822 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11823 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11825 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11829 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11830 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11831 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11832 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11837 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11838 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11839 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11840 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11842 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11843 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11844 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11845 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11846 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11847 error (_("No source file specified."));
11849 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11855 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11856 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11857 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11858 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11860 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11861 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11862 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11863 due to optimization, all in one block.
11865 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11866 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11867 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11868 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11869 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11870 to support that. */
11872 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11873 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11874 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11878 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11879 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11883 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11884 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11885 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11888 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11893 1 0 <can't happen> */
11895 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11896 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11898 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11902 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11903 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11905 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11906 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11908 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11909 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11910 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11912 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11913 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11914 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11915 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11916 int line_match
= 0;
11918 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11919 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11920 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11921 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11922 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11924 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11925 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11927 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11928 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11929 sal
.symtab
->filename
))
11933 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11942 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11946 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11947 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11950 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11952 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11955 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11956 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11957 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11958 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11959 compare_breakpoints
);
11960 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11961 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11965 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11970 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11971 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11974 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11975 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11977 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11979 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
11981 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11984 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11985 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11988 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11990 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11993 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11994 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11995 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11998 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12000 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12002 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12003 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12004 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12006 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12010 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12011 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12015 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12016 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12017 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12018 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12019 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12020 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12023 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12025 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12026 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12027 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12028 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12029 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12031 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12032 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12034 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12035 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12038 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12039 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12040 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12042 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12043 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12044 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12046 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12047 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12048 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12050 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12051 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12052 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12054 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12057 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12058 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12059 content of the bp_location array. */
12062 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12064 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12066 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12067 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12071 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12073 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12076 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12077 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12079 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12080 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12081 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12082 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12084 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12086 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12087 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12088 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12089 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12093 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12096 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12098 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12099 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12101 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12104 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12106 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12108 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12109 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12110 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12112 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12113 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12114 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12117 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12119 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12120 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12121 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12122 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12125 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12127 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12130 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12132 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12133 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12134 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12135 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12138 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12141 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12144 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12146 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12147 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12148 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12149 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12151 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12152 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12153 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12154 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12155 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12157 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12158 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12159 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12160 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12161 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12162 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12163 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12164 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12167 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12168 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12169 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12173 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12175 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12176 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12177 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12180 address
= bl
->address
;
12181 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12183 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12184 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12185 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12187 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12188 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12191 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12192 the same program space as the location
12193 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12194 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12195 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12199 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12200 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12203 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12204 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12205 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12206 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12207 that have already been marked. */
12208 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12210 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12212 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12214 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12215 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12220 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12221 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12222 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12223 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12224 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12225 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12226 returns true on them.
12228 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12229 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12230 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12231 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12232 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12233 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12236 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12238 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12239 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12240 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12241 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12242 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12243 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12244 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12246 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12247 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12248 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12249 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12250 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12252 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12253 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12254 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12255 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12257 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12258 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12259 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12260 unsigned old_location_count
;
12262 old_location
= bp_location
;
12263 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12264 bp_location
= NULL
;
12265 bp_location_count
= 0;
12266 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12269 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12270 bp_location_count
++;
12272 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12273 locp
= bp_location
;
12274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12275 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12277 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12278 bp_location_compare
);
12280 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12282 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12283 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12284 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12285 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12286 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12289 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12290 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12292 locp
= bp_location
;
12293 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12296 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12297 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12299 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12300 not, we have to free it. */
12301 int found_object
= 0;
12302 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12303 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12306 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12307 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12308 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12309 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12313 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12314 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12317 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12318 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12319 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12321 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12322 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12323 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12325 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12326 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12329 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12333 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12334 have to go through updates again. */
12335 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12337 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12339 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12341 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12342 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12343 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12344 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12345 at certain location is not inserted. */
12347 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12349 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12352 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12354 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12355 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12356 keep_in_target
= 1;
12360 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12361 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12362 remove its target-side condition. */
12364 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12365 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12366 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12367 this one from the target. */
12369 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12370 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12373 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12374 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12377 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12379 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12381 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12382 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12383 supported, but the latter are. */
12384 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12386 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12387 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12390 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12391 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12393 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12394 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12396 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12397 keep_in_target
= 1;
12405 if (!keep_in_target
)
12407 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12409 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12410 this location on the global list, and try to
12411 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12412 reason why we will succeed next time.
12414 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12415 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12416 only after calling us. */
12417 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12418 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12419 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12427 if (removed
&& non_stop
12428 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12429 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12431 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12432 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12433 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12434 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12435 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12436 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12437 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12438 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12439 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12440 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12441 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12442 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12443 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12444 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12447 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12448 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12450 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12451 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12452 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12453 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12454 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12455 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12456 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12457 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12458 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12459 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12460 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12461 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12462 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12465 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12466 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12467 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12468 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12470 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12471 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12472 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12473 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12474 traps we can no longer explain. */
12476 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12477 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12479 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12483 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12484 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12489 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12490 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12491 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12492 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12493 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12494 are sorted first for the same address.
12496 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12497 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12499 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12500 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12501 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12502 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12505 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12507 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12510 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12511 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12512 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12513 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12514 `struct bp_location'. */
12515 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12517 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12518 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12522 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12523 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12524 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12525 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12526 "actually inserted"));
12528 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12529 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12530 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12531 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12532 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12533 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12535 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12537 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12538 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12539 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12541 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12542 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12544 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12546 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12547 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12548 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12554 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12555 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12556 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12558 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12559 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12561 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12562 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12564 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12565 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12566 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12567 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12568 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12571 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12572 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12573 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12576 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12579 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12580 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12581 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12583 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12588 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12590 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12594 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12596 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12599 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12600 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12602 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12603 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12609 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12611 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12613 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12614 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12617 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12620 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12624 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12625 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12627 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12628 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12629 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12633 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12635 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12637 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12639 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12643 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12647 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12649 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12650 struct value_print_options opts
;
12652 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12654 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12656 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12658 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12662 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12664 printf_filtered (" at ");
12665 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12668 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12670 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12672 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12673 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12674 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12676 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12677 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12678 real situation somewhat. */
12679 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12684 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12686 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12688 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12693 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12696 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12698 xfree (self
->cond
);
12699 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12700 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12701 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12702 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12705 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12710 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12714 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12716 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12717 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12718 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12719 xfree (self
->filter
);
12720 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12723 static struct bp_location
*
12724 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12726 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12728 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12729 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12734 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12736 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12739 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12740 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12743 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12745 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12749 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12751 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12755 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12756 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12758 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12760 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12764 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12769 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12773 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12775 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12778 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12782 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12784 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12787 static enum print_stop_action
12788 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12790 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12794 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12795 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12801 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12807 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12809 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12813 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12814 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12815 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12819 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12823 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12824 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12825 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12827 char *extra_string
,
12828 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12829 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12831 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12832 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12833 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12834 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12836 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12840 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12841 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12843 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12846 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12848 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12849 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12850 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12851 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12852 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12853 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12854 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12855 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12856 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12857 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12859 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12860 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12861 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12862 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12863 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12864 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12867 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12870 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12872 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12873 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12875 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12876 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12880 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12884 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12886 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12887 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12890 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12895 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12897 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12898 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12900 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12904 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12905 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12906 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12908 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12910 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12911 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12914 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12918 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12919 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12920 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12927 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12929 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12934 static enum print_stop_action
12935 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12937 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12938 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12940 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12942 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12944 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12945 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12947 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12948 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12949 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12952 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12954 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12956 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12957 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12959 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12960 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12961 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12963 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12964 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12966 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12970 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12972 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12977 case bp_breakpoint
:
12978 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12979 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12980 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12982 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12983 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12984 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12985 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12987 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12988 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12991 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12999 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13001 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13002 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13003 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13004 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13005 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13006 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13007 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13008 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13009 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13011 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13012 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13015 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13019 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13020 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13021 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13022 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13024 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13025 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13029 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13030 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13031 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13033 char *extra_string
,
13034 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13035 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13037 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13038 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13039 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13040 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13042 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13043 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13045 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13046 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13047 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13051 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13052 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13054 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13057 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13060 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13064 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13065 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13066 case bp_overlay_event
:
13067 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13068 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13069 case bp_exception_master
:
13070 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13073 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13074 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13075 case bp_shlib_event
:
13077 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13078 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13079 case bp_thread_event
:
13085 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13087 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13089 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13090 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13091 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13092 objects (among other things). */
13093 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13094 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13100 static enum print_stop_action
13101 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13103 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13104 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13106 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13110 case bp_shlib_event
:
13111 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13112 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13113 to shlib event" message.) */
13114 print_solib_event (0);
13117 case bp_thread_event
:
13118 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13119 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13120 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13123 case bp_overlay_event
:
13124 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13125 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13128 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13129 /* These should never be enabled. */
13130 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13133 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13134 /* These should never be enabled. */
13135 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13136 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13139 case bp_exception_master
:
13140 /* These should never be enabled. */
13141 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13142 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13146 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13150 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13152 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13155 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13158 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13160 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13161 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13162 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13163 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13167 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13169 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13172 static enum print_stop_action
13173 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13175 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13179 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13184 ui_out_field_string
13186 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13190 ui_out_field_string
13192 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13197 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13201 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13203 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13206 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13208 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13209 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13212 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13214 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13217 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13219 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13222 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13225 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13227 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13231 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13233 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13240 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13242 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13243 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13245 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13249 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13250 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13251 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13252 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13254 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13256 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13258 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13259 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13261 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13265 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13266 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13268 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13270 error (_("probe not found"));
13273 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13276 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13278 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13282 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13283 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13284 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13286 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13292 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13293 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13295 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13296 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13298 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13300 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13301 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13302 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13303 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13308 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13310 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13315 case bp_tracepoint
:
13316 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13317 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13319 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13320 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13321 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13323 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13324 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13325 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13328 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13329 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13336 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13338 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13340 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13341 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13342 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13343 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13344 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13345 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13347 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13348 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13350 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13351 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13353 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13354 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13358 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13359 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13360 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13361 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13363 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13364 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13368 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13369 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13370 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13372 char *extra_string
,
13373 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13374 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13376 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13377 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13378 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13379 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13381 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13382 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13384 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13385 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13386 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13390 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13391 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13393 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13396 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13398 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13402 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13403 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13404 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13405 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13407 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13408 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13409 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13413 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13414 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13416 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13417 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13420 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13422 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13426 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13427 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13428 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13429 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13431 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13433 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13435 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13437 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13438 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13439 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13443 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13444 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13445 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13447 char *extra_string
,
13448 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13449 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13451 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13452 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13453 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13454 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13458 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13459 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13460 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13461 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13462 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13463 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13465 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13467 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13468 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13469 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13472 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13473 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13475 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13476 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13478 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13479 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13481 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13482 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13483 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13484 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13485 canonical
->special_display
);
13486 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13487 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13488 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13489 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13490 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13491 corresponds to this one */
13492 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13494 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13496 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13501 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13502 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13504 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13506 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13507 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13509 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13513 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13516 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13519 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13521 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13524 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13528 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13530 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13532 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13534 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13535 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13538 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13539 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13540 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13541 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13542 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13545 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13546 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13547 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13548 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13550 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13553 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13554 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13555 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13557 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13558 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13560 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13561 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13562 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13563 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13567 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13569 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13570 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13571 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13572 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13573 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13576 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13577 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13578 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13579 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13581 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13583 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13584 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13586 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13587 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13589 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13593 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13595 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13596 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13597 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13598 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13599 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13600 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13601 commands won't work. */
13603 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13605 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13606 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13607 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13608 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13609 might be better design to have location completely
13610 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13611 update_global_location_list (0);
13613 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13614 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13615 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13616 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13621 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13623 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13627 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13629 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13632 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13633 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13636 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13637 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13641 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13646 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13648 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13649 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13651 if (next
== related
)
13653 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13654 function (related
, data
);
13656 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13657 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13662 function (related
, data
);
13666 while (related
!= b
);
13670 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13672 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13675 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13676 delete_breakpoint. */
13679 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13681 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13685 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13687 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13693 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13695 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13696 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13697 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13698 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13699 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13701 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13705 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13707 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13709 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13710 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13711 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13715 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13719 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13721 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13722 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13723 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13728 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13729 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13730 Null names are ignored. */
13733 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13735 struct bp_location
*l
;
13736 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13737 (int (*) (const void *,
13738 const void *)) streq
,
13739 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13741 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13744 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13746 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13750 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13752 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13756 htab_delete (htab
);
13762 htab_delete (htab
);
13766 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13767 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13768 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13769 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13770 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13771 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13772 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13773 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13776 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13777 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13778 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13779 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13780 in the sources, and output a warning.
13782 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13783 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13784 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13785 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13786 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13789 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13790 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13791 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13792 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13793 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13794 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13795 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13796 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13797 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13799 static struct symtab_and_line
13800 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13802 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13803 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13808 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13810 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13812 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13813 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13815 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13817 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13818 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13819 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13824 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13826 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13828 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13829 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13831 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13834 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13836 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13838 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13839 struct symbol
*sym
;
13840 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13841 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13843 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13845 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13846 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13848 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13849 "found at previous line number"),
13850 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13854 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13856 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13857 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13858 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13862 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13863 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13865 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13866 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13868 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13870 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13872 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13875 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13876 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13878 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13880 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13882 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13884 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13886 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13887 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13888 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13889 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13891 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13894 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13900 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13901 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13904 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13908 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13911 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13914 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13921 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13927 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13928 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13929 a ranged breakpoint. */
13932 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13933 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13934 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13937 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13939 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13941 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13943 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13944 update_global_location_list (1);
13945 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13946 "multiple locations found\n"),
13951 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13952 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13953 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13954 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13955 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13956 individual locations. */
13957 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13962 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13964 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13966 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13968 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13970 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13972 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13975 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13977 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13978 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13980 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13981 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13986 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13987 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13988 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13989 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13993 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13995 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13997 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14001 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14002 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14003 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14005 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14008 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14009 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14010 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14011 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14012 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14013 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14014 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14016 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14018 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14020 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14021 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14023 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14024 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14032 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14033 if (l
->function_name
14034 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14044 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14045 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14047 update_global_location_list (1);
14050 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14051 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14053 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14054 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14057 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14058 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14060 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14063 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14065 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14069 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14070 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14071 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14072 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14073 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14074 state, then user already saw the message about that
14075 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14077 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14078 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14079 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14080 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14081 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14082 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14084 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14086 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14087 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14088 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14089 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14090 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14091 which approach is better. */
14092 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14093 throw_exception (e
);
14097 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14101 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14102 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14103 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14105 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14108 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14109 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14112 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14113 b
->thread
= thread
;
14116 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14117 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14120 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14121 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14131 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14132 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14136 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14139 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14140 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14141 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14143 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14146 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14150 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14152 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14155 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14156 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14160 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14163 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14164 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14167 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14168 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14169 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14170 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14172 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14175 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14176 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14180 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14181 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14182 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14184 char *extra_string
,
14185 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14186 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14188 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14189 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14190 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14191 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14193 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14195 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14196 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14197 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14200 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14201 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14204 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14205 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14207 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14209 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14210 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14211 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14212 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14215 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14216 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14218 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14220 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14222 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14223 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14224 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14226 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14229 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14232 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14234 static struct cleanup
*
14235 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14237 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14239 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14240 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14241 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14242 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14243 set_language (b
->language
);
14248 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14249 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14250 Unused in this case. */
14253 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14255 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14256 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14257 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14259 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14260 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14261 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14265 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14267 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14269 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14270 enum language save_language
;
14271 int save_input_radix
;
14272 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14274 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14275 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14276 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14278 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14280 /* Format possible error msg. */
14281 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14283 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14284 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14285 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14287 set_language (save_language
);
14288 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14290 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14292 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14294 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14295 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14296 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14297 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14300 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14302 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14303 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14305 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14307 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14309 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14310 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14312 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14313 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14314 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14316 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14320 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14321 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14322 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14325 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14327 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14332 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14333 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14335 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14337 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14338 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14343 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14347 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14348 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14350 else if (count
== 1)
14351 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14354 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14355 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14358 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14359 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14363 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14366 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14369 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14375 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14377 num
= get_number (&p
);
14379 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14381 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14383 set_ignore_count (num
,
14384 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14387 printf_filtered ("\n");
14390 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14391 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14394 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14399 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14401 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14404 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14406 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14408 while (!state
.finished
)
14410 char *p
= state
.string
;
14414 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14417 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14422 if (b
->number
== num
)
14425 function (b
, data
);
14429 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14434 static struct bp_location
*
14435 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14437 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14441 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14442 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14447 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14449 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14451 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14452 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14457 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14458 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14461 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14463 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14467 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14470 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14476 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14477 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14478 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14481 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14483 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14484 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14485 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14486 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14489 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14490 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14493 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14495 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14496 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14498 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14499 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14501 struct bp_location
*location
;
14503 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14504 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14507 update_global_location_list (0);
14509 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14512 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14515 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14517 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14520 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14521 disable_breakpoint. */
14524 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14526 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14530 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14534 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14536 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14537 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14538 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14540 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14542 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14548 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14550 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14551 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14552 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14553 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14555 update_global_location_list (0);
14558 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14562 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14565 int target_resources_ok
;
14567 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14570 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14571 target_resources_ok
=
14572 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14574 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14575 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14576 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14577 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14580 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14582 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14583 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14584 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14586 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14588 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14590 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14591 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14592 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14596 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14597 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14603 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14604 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14606 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14608 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14609 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14611 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14612 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14614 struct bp_location
*location
;
14616 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14617 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14620 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14621 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14622 update_global_location_list (1);
14623 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14625 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14630 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14632 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14636 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14638 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14641 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14642 enable_breakpoint. */
14645 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14647 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14650 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14651 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14652 in stopping the inferior. */
14655 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14659 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14662 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14663 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14665 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14667 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14673 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14675 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14676 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14677 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14678 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14680 update_global_location_list (1);
14683 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14686 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14696 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14698 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14700 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14704 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14706 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14708 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14712 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14714 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14718 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14720 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14722 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14726 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14728 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14730 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14734 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14736 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14738 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14742 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14744 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14748 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14753 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14757 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14758 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14762 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14763 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14764 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14766 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14769 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14770 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14772 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14774 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14776 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14778 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14779 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14780 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14781 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14783 value_free (wp
->val
);
14791 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14792 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14793 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14794 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14798 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14799 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14801 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14803 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14805 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14806 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14808 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14810 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14818 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14819 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14822 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14824 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14827 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14833 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14836 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14837 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14839 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14842 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14843 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14848 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14850 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14851 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14855 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14856 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14857 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14860 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14861 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14862 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14863 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14864 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14865 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14867 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14868 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14869 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14870 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14873 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14874 were inserted or not. */
14877 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14879 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14880 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14883 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14886 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14888 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14890 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14892 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14893 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14894 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14895 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14897 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14899 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14900 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14901 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14902 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14906 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14907 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14908 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14912 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14916 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14917 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14919 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14920 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14921 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14925 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14929 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14933 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14934 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14935 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14936 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14939 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14943 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14948 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14950 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14952 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14953 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14961 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14962 non-zero otherwise. */
14964 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14966 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14967 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14968 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14975 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14977 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14978 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14980 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14984 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14986 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14989 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14991 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14993 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14997 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14999 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15009 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15010 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15011 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15012 char *text
, char *word
)
15014 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15015 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15016 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15022 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15024 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15026 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15028 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15029 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15033 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15035 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15036 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15038 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15039 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15041 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15043 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15045 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15047 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15048 0 /* Ignore count */,
15049 pending_break_support
,
15053 0 /* internal */, 0);
15057 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15059 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15061 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15063 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15064 0 /* Ignore count */,
15065 pending_break_support
,
15066 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15069 0 /* internal */, 0);
15072 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15075 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15077 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15079 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15080 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15081 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15082 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15084 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15086 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15088 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15090 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15091 0 /* Ignore count */,
15092 pending_break_support
,
15096 0 /* internal */, 0);
15099 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15100 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15102 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15103 static int next_cmd
;
15106 read_uploaded_action (void)
15110 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15117 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15118 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15119 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15120 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15121 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15123 struct tracepoint
*
15124 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15126 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15127 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15129 if (utp
->at_string
)
15130 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15133 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15134 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15135 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15137 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15138 "source location, using raw address"),
15140 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15141 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15144 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15145 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15146 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15147 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15150 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15152 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15153 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15155 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15156 0 /* Ignore count */,
15157 pending_break_support
,
15158 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15160 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15162 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15165 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15166 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15167 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15171 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15174 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15177 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15178 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15179 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15181 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15183 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15188 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15190 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15192 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15193 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15194 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15195 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15198 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15199 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15200 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15205 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15209 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15214 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15216 if (num_printed
== 0)
15218 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15219 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15221 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15224 default_collect_info ();
15227 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15228 Not supported by all targets. */
15230 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15232 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15235 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15236 Not supported by all targets. */
15238 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15240 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15243 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15245 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15247 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15253 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15255 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15256 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15257 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15259 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15260 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15262 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15266 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15268 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15270 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15271 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15272 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15276 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15279 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15282 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15284 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15287 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15288 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15291 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15293 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15294 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15295 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15298 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15300 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15301 unsigned int count
;
15303 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15304 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15305 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15307 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15309 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15312 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15314 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15316 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15318 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15320 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15322 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15323 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15326 else if (*args
== '\0')
15328 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15330 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15334 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15336 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15337 while (!state
.finished
)
15339 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15341 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15346 struct tracepoint
*
15347 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15349 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15351 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15352 if (t
->number
== num
)
15353 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15358 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15359 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15362 struct tracepoint
*
15363 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15365 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15367 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15369 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15371 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15378 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15379 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15380 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15381 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15382 struct tracepoint
*
15383 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15384 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15387 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15389 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15393 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15394 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15396 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15399 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15401 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15404 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15408 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15409 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15412 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15413 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15417 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15418 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15420 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15423 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15428 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15430 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15439 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15440 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15441 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15445 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15446 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15448 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15451 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15452 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15453 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15455 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15456 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15458 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15461 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15462 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15465 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15466 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15471 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15473 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15475 /* We can stop searching. */
15482 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15486 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15487 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15488 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15490 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15491 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15492 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15494 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15495 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15499 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15500 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15503 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15504 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15507 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15509 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15510 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15513 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15516 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15521 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15525 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15526 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15528 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15530 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15533 throw_exception (ex
);
15535 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15538 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15541 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15542 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15543 special, and not user visible. */
15544 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15546 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15549 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15551 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15555 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15556 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15558 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15560 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15563 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15566 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15568 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15571 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15574 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15576 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15579 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15581 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15582 all_tracepoints (void)
15584 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15585 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15587 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15589 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15596 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15597 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15598 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15600 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15601 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15602 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15603 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15604 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15605 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15606 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15607 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15608 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15609 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15610 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15612 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15613 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15615 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15616 conditions are different.\n\
15618 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15620 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15621 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15623 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15624 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15627 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15628 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15629 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15630 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15631 void *user_data_catch
,
15632 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15634 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15636 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15638 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15639 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15640 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15642 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15644 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15645 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15646 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15650 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15652 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15653 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15655 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15656 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15657 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15661 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15663 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15664 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15665 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15668 struct breakpoint
*
15669 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15672 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15674 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15676 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15683 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15684 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15687 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15689 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15690 non-inline function. */
15691 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15697 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15698 have been inlined. */
15701 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15702 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15704 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15705 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15707 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15709 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15712 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15714 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15715 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15724 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15726 static int initialized
= 0;
15728 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15734 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15735 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15736 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15737 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15738 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15739 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15740 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15741 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15742 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15743 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15744 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15745 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15747 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15748 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15749 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15750 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15751 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15752 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15753 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15754 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15756 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15757 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15758 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15759 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15760 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15761 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15762 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15763 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15764 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15765 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15767 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15768 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15769 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15770 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15771 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15772 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15773 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15775 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15776 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15777 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15778 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15779 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15780 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15781 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15783 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15784 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15785 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15786 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15788 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15789 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15790 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15791 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15792 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15793 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15794 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15796 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15797 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15798 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15799 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15800 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15801 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15802 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15805 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15806 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15808 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15809 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15810 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15811 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15812 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15813 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15814 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15815 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15816 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15817 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15819 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15820 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15821 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15822 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15823 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15824 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15825 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15826 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15827 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15828 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15829 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15832 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15833 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15835 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15836 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15837 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15838 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15839 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15840 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15841 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15843 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15844 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15847 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15849 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15850 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15851 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15852 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15853 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15854 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15856 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15857 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15859 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15860 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15861 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15862 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15863 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15864 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15865 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15867 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15868 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15869 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15870 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15871 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15872 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15873 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15874 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15875 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15876 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15878 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15879 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15880 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15881 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15882 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15883 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15884 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15885 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15886 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15887 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15888 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15890 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15891 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15892 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15893 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15894 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15895 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15896 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15897 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15898 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15899 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15900 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15902 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15903 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15904 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15905 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15906 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15907 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15908 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15909 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15910 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15911 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15912 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15913 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15915 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15916 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15917 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15918 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15919 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15920 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15921 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15924 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15926 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15929 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15931 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15933 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15935 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15936 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15937 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15939 breakpoint_objfile_key
15940 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15942 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15943 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15944 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15946 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15947 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15948 before a breakpoint is set. */
15949 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15951 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15953 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15954 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15955 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15957 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15959 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15960 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15961 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15962 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15963 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15964 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15965 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15966 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15968 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15969 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15970 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15971 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15972 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15974 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15975 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15976 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15977 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15978 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15980 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15981 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15983 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15984 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15985 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15986 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15988 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15989 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15991 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15992 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15993 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15994 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15996 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15997 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15999 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16000 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16001 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16002 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16003 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16004 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16005 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16007 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16008 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16009 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16010 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16011 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16012 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16014 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16016 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16017 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16018 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16019 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16020 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16021 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16023 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16024 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16025 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16028 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16029 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16030 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16033 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16034 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16035 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16036 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16039 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16040 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16041 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16044 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16045 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16046 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16049 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16050 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16051 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16052 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16055 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16056 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16057 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16058 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16059 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16060 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16061 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16062 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16064 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16065 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16066 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16067 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16068 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16070 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16071 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16072 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16073 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16074 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16075 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16078 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16079 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16080 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16081 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16083 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16084 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16085 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16086 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16087 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16089 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16090 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16091 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16092 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16094 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16095 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16096 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16097 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16098 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16101 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16102 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16103 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16104 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16105 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16106 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16108 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16109 is executing in.\n\
16111 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16112 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16114 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16115 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16116 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16117 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16119 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16120 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16121 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16122 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16125 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16129 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16130 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16131 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16132 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16133 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16134 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16135 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16136 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16137 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16138 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16139 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16140 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16141 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16142 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16143 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16144 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16146 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16147 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16148 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16149 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16150 breakpoint set."));
16153 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16154 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16155 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16156 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16157 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16158 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16159 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16160 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16161 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16163 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16164 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16165 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16166 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16167 breakpoint set."));
16169 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16172 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16173 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16174 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16175 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16176 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16177 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16178 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16179 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16180 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16182 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16183 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16184 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16185 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16186 breakpoint set."));
16188 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16189 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16190 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16191 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16192 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16193 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16194 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16195 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16196 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16197 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16198 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16199 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16200 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16202 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16203 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16204 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16205 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16207 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16209 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16210 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16211 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16212 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16214 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16215 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16216 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16217 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16219 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16220 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16221 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16222 catch_catch_command
,
16226 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16227 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16228 catch_throw_command
,
16232 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16233 catch_fork_command_1
,
16235 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16236 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16237 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16238 catch_fork_command_1
,
16240 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16241 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16242 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16243 catch_exec_command_1
,
16247 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16248 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16249 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16250 catch_load_command_1
,
16254 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16255 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16256 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16257 catch_unload_command_1
,
16261 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16262 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16263 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16264 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16265 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16266 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16267 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16268 catch_syscall_completer
,
16272 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16273 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16274 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16275 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16276 an expression changes.\n\
16277 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16278 the memory to which it refers."));
16279 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16281 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16282 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16283 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16284 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16285 an expression is read.\n\
16286 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16287 the memory to which it refers."));
16288 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16290 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16291 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16292 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16293 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16294 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16295 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16296 the memory to which it refers."));
16297 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16299 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16300 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16302 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16303 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16304 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16305 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16306 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16307 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16308 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16309 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16310 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16313 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16314 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16316 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16318 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16320 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16321 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16323 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16324 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16325 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16327 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16328 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16329 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16330 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16332 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16333 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16335 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16336 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16337 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16339 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16340 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16342 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16343 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16344 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16345 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16346 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16347 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16348 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16349 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16350 the selected stack frame.\n\
16351 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16352 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16353 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16354 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16356 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16358 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16359 conditions are different.\n\
16361 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16362 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16363 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16365 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16366 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16367 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16368 last tracepoint set."));
16370 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16372 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16373 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16374 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16375 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16377 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16379 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16380 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16381 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16382 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16384 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16386 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16387 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16388 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16389 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16391 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16393 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16394 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16395 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16396 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16397 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16399 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16400 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16401 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16402 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16404 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16405 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16406 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16407 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16408 session to restore them."),
16410 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16412 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16413 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16414 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16416 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16418 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16419 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16421 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16422 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16423 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16424 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16425 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16426 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16427 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16428 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16429 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16430 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16431 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16432 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16434 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16435 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16436 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16437 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16438 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16439 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16440 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16441 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16443 show_pending_break_support
,
16444 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16445 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16447 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16449 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16450 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16451 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16452 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16453 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16454 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16455 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16457 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16458 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16459 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16461 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16462 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16463 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16464 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16465 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16466 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16467 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16468 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16469 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16470 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16471 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16472 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16474 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16475 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16476 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16478 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16479 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16480 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16481 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16482 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16483 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16484 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16485 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16486 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16487 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16488 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16489 be set to \"gdb\""),
16490 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16491 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16492 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16493 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16495 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16496 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16497 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16498 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16499 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16500 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16501 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16502 or the start of the range\n\
16503 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16504 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16505 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16507 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16508 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16509 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16511 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16512 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16513 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16514 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16515 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16516 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16518 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16520 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16521 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16522 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16523 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16524 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16525 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16526 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16527 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16528 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16529 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16530 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16531 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16533 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16534 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16535 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16536 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16537 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16538 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16539 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16541 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16542 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16543 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16544 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16545 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16546 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16547 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16549 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16550 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16551 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16552 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16553 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16554 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16557 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16559 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16560 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16561 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16563 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16565 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);